blob: be3cfd9e4c767bbe6a9ac6d0072177e6c0136a58 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000026#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000027#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000045#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000046#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000047#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000048#include <set>
49#include <utility>
50#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000051
52using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000053using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000055namespace {
56 class UnqualUsingEntry {
57 const DeclContext *Nominated;
58 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000059
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000060 public:
61 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
63 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
64 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000065
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000066 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
67 return CommonAncestor;
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
71 return Nominated;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
75 struct Comparator {
76 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
77 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
78 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000079
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000080 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
81 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
85 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
86 }
87 };
88 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000089
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000090 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
91 /// lookup.
92 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000093 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000094
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000095 ListTy list;
96 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 public:
99 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000102 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000103 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
104 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
105 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000106 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000108
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000109 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000110 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
111 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
112 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000113 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
115 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
116 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000117 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
118 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000119 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000120 }
121 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122
123 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
124 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
125 // declared in the context.
126 //
127 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
128 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
129 // the effective DCs right.
130 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
131 if (!visited.insert(DC))
132 return;
133
134 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
135 }
136
137 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
138 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
139 // were declared in the effective DC.
140 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
141 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
142 if (!visited.insert(NS))
143 return;
144
145 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
146 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
147 }
148
149 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
150 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
151 // the given effective context.
152 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000153 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000155 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
157 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
158 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
159 queue.push_back(NS);
160 }
161 }
162
163 if (queue.empty())
164 return;
165
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000166 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000167 }
168 }
169
170 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
171 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
172 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
173 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
174 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
175 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
176 // the first.
177 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
178 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
179 // the nominated namespace.
180 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
181 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
182 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000183 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000184
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000185 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
186 }
187
188 void done() {
189 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
190 }
191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000193
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000194 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
195 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
196
197 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
198 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000199 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
201 }
202 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203}
204
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000205// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
206// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000207static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
208 bool CPlusPlus,
209 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210 unsigned IDNS = 0;
211 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000212 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000214 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000215 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000217 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000218 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000219 if (Redeclaration)
220 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000224 break;
225
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000226 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
227 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
228 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
229 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
230 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
231 break;
232
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000233 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000234 if (CPlusPlus) {
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
236
237 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
238 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
239 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
240 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
241 // "overload" with tag decls.
242 if (Redeclaration)
243 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
244 } else {
245 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
246 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000247 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000248
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000249 case Sema::LookupLabel:
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000253 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
255 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000256 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 break;
258
259 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000260 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
261 break;
262
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000263 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000266
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000267 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000268 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
270 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
271 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000291 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
292 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
293 // operators can be found.
294 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
295 case OO_New:
296 case OO_Delete:
297 case OO_Array_New:
298 case OO_Array_Delete:
299 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
300 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000301
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000302 default:
303 break;
304 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
307 // up being declared.
308 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
309 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
310 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
311 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000312 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000313 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000314}
315
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000316bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000317 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000318 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
319 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
320 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
321 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
322 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
324 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000325 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
326 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000327 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
328 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000330 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000331}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000332
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000333// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000334void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000335 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000336}
337
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000338/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
339/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000340static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
342 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
343 // those.
344 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
345 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
346 return DC;
347
348 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
349 // declaration must have been found there.
350 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
351}
352
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000353/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000354void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000355 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000356
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000357 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000358 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000359 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000360 return;
361 }
362
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000363 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
364 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000365 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000366 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000368 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000369 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000370 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
371 return;
372 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000373
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000374 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000375 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000376
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000377 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000378 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000379
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000380 bool Ambiguous = false;
381 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000382 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000383
384 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000385
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000386 unsigned I = 0;
387 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000388 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
389 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000390
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000391 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
392 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
393 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
394 continue;
395 }
396
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000397 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
398 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
399 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
400 // canonical type.
401 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
402 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
403 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
404 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
405 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
406 // at this index.
407 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
408 continue;
409 }
410 }
411 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000412
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000413 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000414 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
415 // continue at this index).
416 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000417 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000418 }
419
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000420 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000421
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000422 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
423 HasUnresolved = true;
424 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
425 if (HasTag)
426 Ambiguous = true;
427 UniqueTagIndex = I;
428 HasTag = true;
429 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
430 HasFunction = true;
431 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
432 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
433 HasFunction = true;
434 } else {
435 if (HasNonFunction)
436 Ambiguous = true;
437 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000438 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000439 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000441
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000442 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
443 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
444 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
445 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
446 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
447 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
448 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
449 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
450 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000451 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000452 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000453 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
454 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000455 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
456 else
457 Ambiguous = true;
458 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000459
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000460 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000461
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000462 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000463 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000464
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000465 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000466 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000467 else if (HasUnresolved)
468 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000470 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000472 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000473}
474
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000475void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000476 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000477 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000478 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
479 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000480 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000481}
482
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000483void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000484 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
485 Paths->swap(P);
486 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
487 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000488 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000489}
490
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000491void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
493 Paths->swap(P);
494 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
495 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000496 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000497}
498
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000499void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
501 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
502 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
505 Out << "\n";
506 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
507 }
508}
509
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000510/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
511/// fail.
512static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
513 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
514
515 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
516 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
517 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
518 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
519 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
520 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
521 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000522 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
523 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
524 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
525 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
526 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
527 return true;
528 }
529
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000530 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
531 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
532 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
533 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000534 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000535 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
536 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000537
538 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
539 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000540 R.isForRedeclaration(),
541 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000542 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000543 return true;
544 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000545 }
546 }
547 }
548
549 return false;
550}
551
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000552/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
553/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000554static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000555 // We need to have a definition for the class.
556 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
557 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000558
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000559 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000560 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000561}
562
563void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000564 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000565 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000566
567 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000568 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000569 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000570
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000571 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000572 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000573 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000574
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000575 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000576 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000577 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
578
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000580 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
581 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
582 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
583
584 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
585 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
586 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
587 }
588
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000589 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000590 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000591 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000592}
593
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000594/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000595/// special member function.
596static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
597 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000598 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000599 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
600 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000601
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000602 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
603 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000604
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000605 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000606 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000607 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000608
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000609 return false;
610}
611
612/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
613/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000614static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000615 DeclarationName Name,
616 const DeclContext *DC) {
617 if (!DC)
618 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000619
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000620 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000621 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
622 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000623 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000624 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000625 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000626 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000627 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000628 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000629 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000630 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
631 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000632 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000633 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000634
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000635 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
636 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000637 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000638 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000639 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000640 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000641
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000642 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
643 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
644 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000645
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000646 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000647 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000648 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000649 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000650 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000651 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000652 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
653 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
654 }
655 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000656 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000657
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000658 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000659 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000660 }
661}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000662
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000663// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
664// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000665static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000666 bool Found = false;
667
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000668 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000669 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000670 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000671
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000672 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000673 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
674 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
675 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000676 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000677 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000678 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000679 Found = true;
680 }
681 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000682
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000683 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
684 return true;
685
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000686 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000687 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
688 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
689 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
690 return Found;
691
692 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000693 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000694 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
695 // context of the use are considered. [...]
696 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000697 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000698 return Found;
699
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000700 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
701 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000702 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
703 if (!ConvTemplate)
704 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000705
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000706 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000707 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
708 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000709 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
710 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
711 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
712 Found = true;
713 continue;
714 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000715
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000716 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000717 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
718 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000719 // name lookup.
720 //
721 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
722 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000723 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000724 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
725 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000726 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000727 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000728
729 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000730 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
731 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000732
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000733 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
734 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
735 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000736 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000737 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000738 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000739 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000740 QualType ExpectedType
741 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000742 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000743
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000744 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
745 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000746 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000747 Specialization, Info)
748 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
749 R.addDecl(Specialization);
750 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000751 }
752 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000753
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000754 return Found;
755}
756
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000757// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000758static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000759CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000760 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000761
762 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
763
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000764 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000765 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000766
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000767 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
768 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
769 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000770 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000771
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000772 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000773 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000774 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000775
776 R.resolveKind();
777
778 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000779}
780
781static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000782 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000783 return Ctx->isFileContext();
784 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000785}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000786
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000787// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
788// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
789// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
790// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
791// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
792// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
793// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
794static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000795 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000796 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000797 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000798 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
799 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000800 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000801 break;
802 }
803 }
804
805 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
806 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
807 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
808 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
809 // a member of this namespace.
810 //
811 // Example:
812 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000813 // namespace N {
814 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000815 //
816 // template<class T> class B {
817 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000818 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000819 // }
820 //
821 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
822 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
823 // }
824 //
825 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
826 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000827 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000828 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
829 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
830
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000831 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000832 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
833 // template<class C>.
834 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
835 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
836 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
837 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000839 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
840 // the example, this is namespace N.
841 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
842 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
843 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000844
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000845 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
846 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
847 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
848 // example, this is the global scope.
849 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
850 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
851 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
852
853 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000854}
855
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000856namespace {
857/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
858/// declarations.
859struct FindLocalExternScope {
860 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
861 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
862 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
863 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
864 }
865 void restore() {
866 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
867 }
868 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
869 restore();
870 }
871 LookupResult &R;
872 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
873};
874}
875
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000876bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000877 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000878
879 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000880 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000881
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000882 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
883 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
884 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
885 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000886 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000887 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
888 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000889
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000890 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
891 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
892
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000893 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000895 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
896 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000897
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000898 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000899 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000900 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
901 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
902 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000903 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000905 //
906 // For example:
907 // namespace A { int i; }
908 // void foo() {
909 // int i;
910 // {
911 // using namespace A;
912 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
913 // }
914 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000915 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000916 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
917 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000918 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000919 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000920
921 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
922 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
923
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000924 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000925 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000926
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000927 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000928 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000929 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000930 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000931 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
932 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
933 // out-of-scope.
934 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
935 LeftStartingScope = true;
936
937 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000938 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
939 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
940 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
941 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000942 R.setShadowed();
943 continue;
944 }
945 }
946
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000947 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000948 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000949 }
950 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000951 if (Found) {
952 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000953 if (S->isClassScope())
954 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
955 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000956 return true;
957 }
958
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000959 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000960 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
961 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
962 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
963 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
964 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
965 return false;
966 }
967
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000968 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
969 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
970 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000971 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
973 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
974 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
975 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000976 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000977 }
978
979 if (Ctx) {
980 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
981 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000982 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000983 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
984 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
985
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000986 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000987 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
988 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
989 // non-transparent context.
990 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000991 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000992
993 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
994 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
995 // function/method are present within the Scope.
996 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
997 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
998 // in the corresponding interface.
999 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1000 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1001 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1002 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1003 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001004 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001005 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001006 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1007 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001008 R.resolveKind();
1009 return true;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014
1015 continue;
1016 }
1017
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001018 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1019 // lookup considering using directives.
1020 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001021 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1022 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1023 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001024 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1025 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1026 continue;
1027
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001028 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001029 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001030
1031 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1032 // from local scopes.
1033 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1034 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1035 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1036 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1037 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1038
1039 UDirs.done();
1040
1041 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1042 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001043
1044 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1045 R.resolveKind();
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 continue;
1050 }
1051
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001052 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1053 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1054 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1055 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1056 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1057 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001058 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001059 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001060 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001061 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001062 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001064 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1065 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1066 if (!S) return false;
1067
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001068 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001069 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001070 return false;
1071
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001072 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001073 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001074 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001075 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1076 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001077 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1078 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1079 UDirs.done();
1080 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001081
1082 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1083 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1084 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1085 FindLocals.restore();
1086
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001087 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001088 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1089 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1090 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1091 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001092 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001093 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001094 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001095 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001096 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1097 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1098 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1099 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001100 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001101 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001102 }
1103 }
1104
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001105 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001106 R.resolveKind();
1107 return true;
1108 }
1109
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001110 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001111 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1112 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1113 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001114 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001115 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1116 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1117 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1118 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001119 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001120 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001121
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001122 if (Ctx) {
1123 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1124 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001125 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001126 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1127 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1128
1129 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1130 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1131 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1132 // non-transparent context.
1133 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1134 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001135
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001136 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1137 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1138 // look into that context.
1139 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1140 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1141 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001142
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001143 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1144 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1145 Found = true;
1146 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001147
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001148 if (Found) {
1149 R.resolveKind();
1150 return true;
1151 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001152
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001153 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1154 return false;
1155 }
1156 }
1157
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001158 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001159 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001160 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001161
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001162 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001163}
1164
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001165/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1166/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1167static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1168 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1169}
1170
1171/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1172static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1173 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1174 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1175 // the module containing the pattern.
1176 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1177 Entity = Pattern;
1178 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1179 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1180 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1181 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1182 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1183 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1184 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1185 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1186 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1187 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1188 else if (From)
1189 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1190 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1191 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1192 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1193 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1194 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1195 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1196 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1197 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1198 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1199 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1200 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1201 }
1202
1203 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1204 // from a template.
1205 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1206 if (Context->isFileContext())
1207 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1208 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1209}
1210
1211llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1212 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1213 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1214 I != N; ++I) {
1215 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1216 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001217 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001218 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1219 }
1220 return LookupModulesCache;
1221}
1222
1223/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1224///
1225/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1226/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1227/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1228/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1229/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1230/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1231bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1232 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1233 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1234 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1235 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1236
1237 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1238 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1239 if (LookupModules.empty())
1240 return false;
1241
1242 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1243 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1244 return true;
1245
1246 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1247 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1248 return false;
1249
1250 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1251 // the lookup set.
1252 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1253 E = LookupModules.end();
1254 I != E; ++I)
1255 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1256 return true;
1257 return false;
1258}
1259
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001260/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1261///
1262/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1263/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1264/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001265///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001266/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1267/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001268static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1269 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001270
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001271 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1272 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001273 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001274 return ND;
1275 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001276 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001277
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001278 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001279}
1280
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001281NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1282 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1283}
1284
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001285/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1286/// scope.
1287///
1288/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1289/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1290/// @code
1291/// int x;
1292/// int f() {
1293/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1294/// }
1295/// @endcode
1296///
1297/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1298/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1299/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1300/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1301/// class LookupCriteria.
1302///
1303/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1304/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1305/// in the parent scopes.
1306///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001307/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1308/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1309/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1310/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001311///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001312/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001313bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1314 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001315 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001316
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001317 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1318
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001319 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001320 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1321 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001322 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001323 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1324 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001325 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001326 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001327 }
1328
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001329 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1330 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1331
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001332 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1333 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1334 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1335 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001336 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1337
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001338 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001339 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001340 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001341 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001342 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1343 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1344 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001345 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001346 LeftStartingScope = true;
1347
1348 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1349 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001350 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1351 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001352 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001353 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001354 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001355 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1356 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1357 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001358
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001359 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001360
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001361 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1362 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001363 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001364 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1365 // actually exists in a Scope).
1366 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1367 S = S->getParent();
1368
1369 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1370 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1371 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1372 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001373 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001374
1375 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001376 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001377 if (!S)
1378 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1379
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001380 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1381 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001382 if (S) {
1383 // Match based on scope.
1384 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1385 break;
1386 } else {
1387 // Match based on DeclContext.
1388 DeclContext *LastDC
1389 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1390 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1391 break;
1392 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001393
1394 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1395 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1396 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001397 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001398
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001399 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001400 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001401
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001402 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001403 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001404 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001405 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001406 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001407 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001408 }
1409
1410 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1411 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1412 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001413 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1414 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001415
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001416 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1417 // may be able to handle the situation.
1418 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1419 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1420 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001421}
1422
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001423/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1424/// using directives by the given context.
1425///
1426/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001427/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001428/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1429/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1430/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1431/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1432/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1433/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1434/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1435/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1436/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1437/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1438/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1439/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001440///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001441/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1442/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1443/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1444/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1445/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1446/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1447/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1448/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1449/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001450static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001451 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001452 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1453
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001454 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1455 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001456
1457 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001458 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001459 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1460
1461 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1462 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001463 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001464
1465 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1466 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001467 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1468 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001469 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001470 Queue.push_back(ND);
1471 }
1472
1473 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1474 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1475 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1476 // a tag.
1477 bool FoundTag = false;
1478 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1479
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001480 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001481
1482 bool Found = false;
1483 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001484 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001485
1486 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1487 // between LookupResults.
1488 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001489 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001490 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001491
1492 if (FoundDirect) {
1493 // First do any local hiding.
1494 DirectR.resolveKind();
1495
1496 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1497 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1498 FoundTag = true;
1499 else
1500 FoundNonTag = true;
1501
1502 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1503 if (UseLocal) {
1504 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1505 LocalR.clear();
1506 }
1507 }
1508
1509 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1510 if (FoundDirect) {
1511 Found = true;
1512 continue;
1513 }
1514
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001515 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001516 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001517 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001518 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1519 }
1520 }
1521
1522 if (Found) {
1523 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1524 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1525 else
1526 R.resolveKind();
1527 }
1528
1529 return Found;
1530}
1531
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001532/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001533static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001534 CXXBasePath &Path,
1535 void *Name) {
1536 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001537
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001538 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1539 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001540 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001541}
1542
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001543/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001544/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1545template<typename InputIterator>
1546static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1547 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1548 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1549 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001550
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001551 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1552 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1553 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1554 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1555 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001556
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001557 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1558 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1559 break;
1560 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001561
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001562 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1563 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1564 break;
1565 }
1566 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001567
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001568 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1569 return true;
1570 }
1571
1572 return false;
1573}
1574
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001575/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001576///
1577/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1578/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001579/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001580///
1581/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1582/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1583/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1584/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1585/// class LookupCriteria.
1586///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001587/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1588///
1589/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001590/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1591/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1592///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001593/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001594/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001595///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001596/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1597bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1598 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001599 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001600
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001601 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001602 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001603
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001604 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1605 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1606 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001607 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001608 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001609 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001611 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001612 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001613 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001614 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1615 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001616 return true;
1617 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001618
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001619 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1620 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1621 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1622 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1623 // for the namespace member has the form
1624 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1625 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1626 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1627 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001628 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001629 return false;
1630
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001631 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001632 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001633 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001634
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001635 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001636 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001637 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001638 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001639 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001640
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001641 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1642 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001643 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001644 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1645 // or we have to fail.
1646 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1647 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1648 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1649 return false;
1650 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001651
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001652 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001653 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1654 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001655
1656 // Look for this member in our base classes
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001657 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001658 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001659 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001660 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1661 case LookupMemberName:
1662 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001663 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001664 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1665 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001666
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001667 case LookupTagName:
1668 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1669 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001670
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001671 case LookupAnyName:
1672 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1673 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001674
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001675 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1676 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001677
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001678 case LookupOperatorName:
1679 case LookupNamespaceName:
1680 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001681 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001682 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001683 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001684
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001685 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1686 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1687 break;
1688 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001689
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001690 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1691 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001692 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001693
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001694 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1695
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001696 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1697 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1698 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1699 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1700 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1701 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001702 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001703 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001704 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001705
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001706 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001707 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001708 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001709
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001710 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1711 // across all paths.
1712 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001713
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001714 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1715 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001716 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001717 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1718 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001719 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001720 }
1721
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001722 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001723 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1724 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001725 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001726 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001727 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001728 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001729 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1730 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001731
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001732 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1733 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001734 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1735 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1736 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001737
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001738 ++FirstD;
1739 ++CurrentD;
1740 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001741
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001742 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1743 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001744 continue;
1745 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001746
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001747 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1748 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001749 }
1750
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001751 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001752 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1753
1754 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1755 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1756 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001757 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001758 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001759 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001760
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001761 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1762 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001763 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1764 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001765 }
1766 }
1767
1768 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1769
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001770 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1771 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001772 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1773 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1774 D->getAccess());
1775 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1776 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001777 R.resolveKind();
1778 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001779}
1780
1781/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1782/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1783///
1784/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1785/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1786/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1787/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1788/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1789///
1790/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1791/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001793/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001794///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001795/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1796/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1797///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001798/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001799bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001800 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001801 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1802 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001803 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001804 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001805 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001807 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1808 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001810 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001811 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001812 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001814 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001815 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001816 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001817
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001818 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001820 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001821 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1822 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001823 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001824 }
1825
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001827 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001828}
1829
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001830
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001831/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001832/// from name lookup.
1833///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001834/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001835void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001836 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1837
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001838 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1839 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1840 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1841
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001842 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1843 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1844 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1845 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1846 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1847 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1848 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001849
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001850 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001851 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1852 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1853 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001854
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001855 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001856 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001857 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001858
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001859 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001860 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1861 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001862
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001863 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001864 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001865 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1866 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001867 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001868 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001869 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1870 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1871 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001872 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001873 }
1874
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001875 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1876 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001877
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001878 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1879
1880 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1881 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1882 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1883 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1884 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1885 }
1886
1887 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1888 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1889 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1890
1891 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001892 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1893 while (F.hasNext()) {
1894 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1895 F.erase();
1896 }
1897 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001898 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001899 }
1900
1901 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1902 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001903
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001904 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1905 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1906 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001907 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001908 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001909 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001910}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001911
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001912namespace {
1913 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001914 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001915 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1916 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001917 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1918 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001919 }
1920
1921 Sema &S;
1922 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1923 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001924 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001925 };
1926}
1927
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001929addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001930
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001931static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1932 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1933 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1934
1935 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1936 // be a locally scoped record.
1937
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001938 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1939 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1940 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1941 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1942 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001943 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1944
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001945 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001946 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001947}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001948
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001949// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001950// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001952addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1953 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001954 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001956 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1957 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1958 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001960 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1961 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1962 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1963 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001964 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001965 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001967 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001968 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1970 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001971 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001972 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001974 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001975 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1976 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001977 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001978 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001979 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001980 }
1981 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001982 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001983
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001984 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001985 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1986 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001987 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001989 // associated namespaces. ]
1990 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001992 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00001993 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
1994 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001995 break;
1996 }
1997}
1998
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001999// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002000// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2001// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2002static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002003addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2004 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2005
2006 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2007 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2008 return;
2009
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002010 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2011 // [...]
2012 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2013 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2014 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2015 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002017
2018 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2019 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2020 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002021 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002022 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002023 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002025 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2026 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002027 //
2028 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2029 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2030 // added its base classes yet.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002031 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002032 return;
2033
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2035 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002036 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002037 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002038 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002039 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2040 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2041 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002042 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002044 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2045 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2046 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002047 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002048 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002049 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002050
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002051 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2052 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002053 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002054 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002055
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002056 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002057 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2058 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002059
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002060 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2061 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002062 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002063 Bases.push_back(Class);
2064 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2065 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002066 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002067
2068 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002069 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2070 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002071 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2072 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2073 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2074 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2075 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2076 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2077 if (!BaseType)
2078 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002079 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002080 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002081 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2082 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002083 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002084
2085 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2086 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2087 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091}
2092
2093// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2094// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2096static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002097addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002098 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2099 //
2100 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2101 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2102 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2103 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2104 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2105 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2106 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2107 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002108
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002109 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002110 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2111
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002112 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002113 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2114
2115#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2116#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2117#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2118#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2119#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2120#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2121 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2122 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2123 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2124 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2125 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002126 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002127
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002128 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2129 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2130 case Type::Pointer:
2131 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2132 continue;
2133 case Type::ConstantArray:
2134 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2135 case Type::VariableArray:
2136 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2137 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002138
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002139 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2140 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2141 case Type::Builtin:
2142 break;
2143
2144 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2145 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2146 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2147 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2148 // which its associated classes are defined.
2149 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002150 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2151 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002152 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2153 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002154 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002155 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002156 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002157
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002158 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2159 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002160 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002161 // it has no associated class.
2162 case Type::Enum: {
2163 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002164
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002165 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2166 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002167 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002168
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002169 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002170 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002171
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002172 break;
2173 }
2174
2175 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2176 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2177 // types and those associated with the return type.
2178 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2179 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002180 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2181 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002182 // fallthrough
2183 }
2184 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2185 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002186 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002187 continue;
2188 }
2189
2190 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2191 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2192 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2193 // together with those associated with X.
2194 //
2195 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2196 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2197 // with the member type together with those associated with
2198 // X.
2199 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2200 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2201
2202 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2203 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2204
2205 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2206 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2207 continue;
2208 }
2209
2210 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2211 case Type::BlockPointer:
2212 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2213 continue;
2214
2215 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2216 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2217 case Type::LValueReference:
2218 case Type::RValueReference:
2219 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2220 continue;
2221
2222 // These are fundamental types.
2223 case Type::Vector:
2224 case Type::ExtVector:
2225 case Type::Complex:
2226 break;
2227
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002228 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2229 case Type::Auto:
2230 break;
2231
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002232 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2233 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2234 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002235 case Type::ObjCObject:
2236 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2237 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002238 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002239 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002240
2241 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2242 // contained type.
2243 case Type::Atomic:
2244 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2245 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002246 }
2247
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002248 if (Queue.empty())
2249 break;
2250 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002251 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002252}
2253
2254/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2255/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2256/// arguments.
2257///
2258/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002260/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002261void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2262 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2263 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2264 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2266 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2267
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002268 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2269 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002270
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002271 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2272 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2273 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2274 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2275 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2276 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002278 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2280
2281 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002282 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002283 continue;
2284 }
2285
2286 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2287 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2288 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2289 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2290 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2291 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2292 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002293 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002294 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002295 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002296 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002298 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2299 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002300
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002301 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2302 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002303 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002304 FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002305
2306 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2307 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002308 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002309 }
2310 }
2311}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002312
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002313NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002314 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002315 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2316 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002317 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002318 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002319 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002320}
2321
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002322/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002323ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002324 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2325 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002326 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002327 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002328 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2329}
2330
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002331void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002332 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002333 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002334 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2335 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2336 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2337 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2338 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002339 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002340 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002341 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2342 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002343
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002344 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002345 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002346}
2347
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002348Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002349 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2350 bool ConstArg,
2351 bool VolatileArg,
2352 bool RValueThis,
2353 bool ConstThis,
2354 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002355 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002356 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002357 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002358 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2359 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2360 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2361 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2362 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2363 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2364
2365 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002366 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002367 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2368 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2369 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2370 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2371 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2372 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2373
2374 void *InsertPoint;
2375 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2376 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2377
2378 // This was already cached
2379 if (Result)
2380 return Result;
2381
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002382 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2383 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002384 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2385
2386 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002387 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002388 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2389 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002390 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2391 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002392 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2393 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002394 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002395 return Result;
2396 }
2397
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002398 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2399 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002400 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002401 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002402 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002403 unsigned NumArgs;
2404
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002405 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2406 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2407
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002408 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2409 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2410 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002411 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2412 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002413 } else {
2414 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2415 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002416 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002417 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002419 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002420 } else {
2421 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002422 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002423 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002424 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002425 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002426 }
2427
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002428 if (ConstArg)
2429 ArgType.addConst();
2430 if (VolatileArg)
2431 ArgType.addVolatile();
2432
2433 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2434 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2435 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2436 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2437 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2438 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2439 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002440 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002441 VK = VK_LValue;
2442 else
2443 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002444 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002445
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002446 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2447
2448 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002449 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002450 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002451 }
2452
2453 // Create the object argument
2454 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2455 if (ConstThis)
2456 ThisTy.addConst();
2457 if (VolatileThis)
2458 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002459 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002460 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2461 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002462
2463 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2464 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2465 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002466 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002467 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002468 assert(!R.empty() &&
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002469 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002470
2471 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2472 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2473 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2474
2475 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithd55889a2013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002476 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002477 I != E; ++I) {
2478 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002479
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002480 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002481 continue;
2482
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002483 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2484 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2485 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2486 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2487 // either.
2488 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2489
2490 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2491 continue;
2492 }
2493
2494 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002495 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002496 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002497 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2498 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002499 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002500 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2501 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002502 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002503 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002504 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2505 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002506 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002507 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002508 OCS, true);
2509 else
2510 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002511 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002512 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002513 } else {
2514 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002515 }
2516 }
2517
2518 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2519 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2520 case OR_Success:
2521 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002522 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002523 break;
2524
2525 case OR_Deleted:
2526 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002527 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002528 break;
2529
2530 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002531 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002532 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2533 break;
2534
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002535 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002536 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002537 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002538 break;
2539 }
2540
2541 return Result;
2542}
2543
2544/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2545CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002546 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002547 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2548 false, false);
2549
2550 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002551}
2552
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002553/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2554CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002555 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002556 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2557 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2558 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2559 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2560 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2561
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002562 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2563}
2564
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002565/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002566CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2567 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002568 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002569 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2570 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002571
2572 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2573}
2574
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002575/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2576DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002577 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002578 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002579 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002580 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002581 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002582 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002584 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002585 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002586
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002587 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2588 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2589 return Class->lookup(Name);
2590}
2591
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002592/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2593CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2594 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002595 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002596 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2597 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2598 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2599 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2600 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2601 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2602 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2603 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2604 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2605
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002606 return Result->getMethod();
2607}
2608
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002609/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2610CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002611 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002612 bool RValueThis,
2613 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2614 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2615 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2616 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002617 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2618 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002619 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2620 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2621
2622 return Result->getMethod();
2623}
2624
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002625/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2626///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002627/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2628/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002629///
2630/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2631CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002632 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2633 false, false, false,
2634 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002635}
2636
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002637/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2638/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2639///
2640/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2641/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2642/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2643Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2644Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2645 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002646 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2647 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002648 LookupName(R, S);
2649 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2650 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2651
2652 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2653 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2654
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002655 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002656 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2657 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002658 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2659
2660 while (F.hasNext()) {
2661 Decl *D = F.next();
2662 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2663 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2664
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002665 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2666 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2667 F.erase();
2668 continue;
2669 }
2670
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002671 bool IsRaw = false;
2672 bool IsTemplate = false;
2673 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2674 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2675
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002676 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2677 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2678 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2679 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002680 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002681 IsExactMatch = true;
2682 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2683 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2684 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2685 IsExactMatch = false;
2686 break;
2687 }
2688 }
2689 }
2690 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002691 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2692 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2693 if (Params->size() == 1)
2694 IsTemplate = true;
2695 else
2696 IsStringTemplate = true;
2697 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002698
2699 if (IsExactMatch) {
2700 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002701 AllowRaw = false;
2702 AllowTemplate = false;
2703 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2704 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002705 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2706 // already found.
2707 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002708 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002709 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002710 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2711 FoundRaw = true;
2712 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2713 FoundTemplate = true;
2714 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2715 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002716 } else {
2717 F.erase();
2718 }
2719 }
2720
2721 F.done();
2722
2723 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2724 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2725 // or literal operator template.
2726 if (FoundExactMatch)
2727 return LOLR_Cooked;
2728
2729 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2730 // operator template, but not both.
2731 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2732 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002733 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2734 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002735 return LOLR_Error;
2736 }
2737
2738 if (FoundRaw)
2739 return LOLR_Raw;
2740
2741 if (FoundTemplate)
2742 return LOLR_Template;
2743
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002744 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2745 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2746
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002747 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2748 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2749 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002750 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2751 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002752 return LOLR_Error;
2753}
2754
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002755void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2756 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2757
2758 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2759 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002760 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002761 Old = New;
2762 return;
2763 }
2764
2765 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002766 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2767 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002768
2769 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2770 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002771 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002772
2773 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2774 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2775 if (!Cursor) return;
2776
2777 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2778 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2779
2780 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2781 }
2782
2783 Old = New;
2784}
2785
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002786void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2787 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002788 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2789 // arguments we have.
2790 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2791 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002792 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002793 AssociatedNamespaces,
2794 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002795
2796 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002797 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2798 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2799 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2800 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2801 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2802 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2803 // is the union of X and Y.
2804 //
2805 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2806 // candidate set.
2807 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2809 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002810 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2811 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2812 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2813 //
2814 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2815 // ignored.
2816 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002817 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002818 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2819 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2820 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002821 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2822 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2823 ++I) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002824 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002825 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2826 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002827 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2828 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2829 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2830 continue;
2831
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002832 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2833 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2834 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2835 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2836 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2837 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2838 break;
2839 }
2840 }
2841 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002842 continue;
2843 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002845 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2846 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002847
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002848 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002849 continue;
2850
2851 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002852 }
2853 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002854}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002855
2856//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2857// Search for all visible declarations.
2858//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2859VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2860
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002861bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2862
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002863namespace {
2864
2865class ShadowContextRAII;
2866
2867class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2868public:
2869 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2870 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2871 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002872 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002873
2874private:
2875 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2876 /// this name within a particular scope.
2877 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2878
2879 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2880 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2881
2882 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2883 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2884
2885 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2886
2887public:
2888 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2889 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2890 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2891 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2892 }
2893
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002894 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2895 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2896 }
2897
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002898 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2899 /// current scope.
2900 ///
2901 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2902 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2903 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2904
2905 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002906 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2907 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2908 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002909};
2910
2911/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2912class ShadowContextRAII {
2913 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2914
2915 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
2916
2917public:
2918 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
2919 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
2920 }
2921
2922 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002923 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
2924 }
2925};
2926
2927} // end anonymous namespace
2928
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002929NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00002930 // Look through using declarations.
2931 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002932
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002933 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
2934 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
2935 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
2936 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
2937 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
2938 if (Pos == SM->end())
2939 continue;
2940
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002941 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002942 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
2943 I != IEnd; ++I) {
2944 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +00002945 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002946 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002947 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
2948 continue;
2949
2950 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
2951 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
2952 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
2953 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
2954 continue;
2955
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002956 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
2957 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
2958 // signatures!
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002959 if ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
2960 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002961 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00002962 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002963
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002964 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
2965 return *I;
2966 }
2967 }
2968
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002969 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002970}
2971
2972static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
2973 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002974 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002975 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2976 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00002977 if (!Ctx)
2978 return;
2979
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002980 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
2981 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
2982 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002983
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00002984 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
2985 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
2986
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002987 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Aaron Ballman576114e2014-03-14 15:28:49 +00002988 for (const auto &R : Ctx->lookups()) {
2989 for (auto *I : R) {
2990 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(I)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00002991 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00002992 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002993 Visited.add(ND);
2994 }
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00002995 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002996 }
2997 }
2998
2999 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3000 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3001 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003002 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003003 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003004 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003005 }
3006 }
3007
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003008 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003009 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003010 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3011 return;
3012
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003013 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3014 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003015
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003016 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3017 // there anyway.
3018 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3019 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003020
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003021 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3022 if (!Record)
3023 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003024
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003025 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3026 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3027 //
3028 // struct A { int member; };
3029 // struct B { int member; };
3030 // struct C : A, B { };
3031 //
3032 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3033 //
3034 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3035 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3036 // class, e.g.,
3037 //
3038 // c->B::member
3039 //
3040 // or
3041 //
3042 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003043
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003044 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3045 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3046 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003047 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003048 }
3049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003050
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003051 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3052 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3053 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003054 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003055 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003056 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003057 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003058 }
3059
3060 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003061 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003062 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003063 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003064 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003065 }
3066
3067 // Traverse the superclass.
3068 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3069 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3070 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003071 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003072 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003073
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003074 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3075 // synthesized ivars.
3076 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3077 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003078 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003079 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003080 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003081 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003082 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003083 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003084 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003085 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003086 }
3087 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003088 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003089 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003090 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003091 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003092 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003093
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003094 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3095 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3096 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003097 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003098 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003099 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003100 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003101}
3102
3103static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3104 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3105 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3106 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3107 if (!S)
3108 return;
3109
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003110 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3111 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003112 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3113 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003114 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003115 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003116 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3117 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003118 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003119 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003120 Visited.add(ND);
3121 }
3122 }
3123 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003124
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003125 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003126 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003127 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003128 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3129 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3130 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003131 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003132 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003133
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003134 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003135 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003136 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3137 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3138 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3139 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3140 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003141 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003142 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003143 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003144 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003145 }
3146
3147 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3148 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3149 // outer scope.
3150 break;
3151 }
3152
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003153 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3154 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003155
3156 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003157 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003158 }
3159 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3160 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3161 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3162 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3163 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3164 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3165 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003166 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003167 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003168 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003169 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003170 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003171 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003172 }
3173
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003174 if (Entity) {
3175 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3176 // directives.
3177 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00003178 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003179 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3180 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003181 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003182 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003183 }
3184
3185 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3186 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3187 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3188}
3189
3190void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003191 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3192 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003193 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3194 // unqualified name lookup.
3195 Scope *Initial = S;
3196 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003197 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003198 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3199 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3200 S = S->getParent();
3201
3202 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3203 }
3204 UDirs.done();
3205
3206 // Look for visible declarations.
3207 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003208 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003209 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003210 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3211 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003212 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3213 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3214}
3215
3216void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003217 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3218 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003219 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003220 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003221 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003222 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3223 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003224 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003225 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003226 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003227}
3228
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003229/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003230/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3231/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3232/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003233LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003234 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003235 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003236 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003237
3238 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3239 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3240 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3241 Scope *S = CurScope;
3242 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3243 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3244 }
3245
3246 // Not a GNU local label.
3247 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3248 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3249 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003250 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003251 Res = nullptr;
3252 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003253 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003254 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3255 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003256 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3257 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003258 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003259 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3260}
3261
3262//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003263// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003264//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003265
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003266static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3267 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3268 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3269 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3270}
3271
3272static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3273 LookupResult &Res,
3274 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3275 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3276 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3277 bool EnteringContext,
3278 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3279 bool FindHidden);
3280
3281// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3282// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3283// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3284static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3285 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3286 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3287 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3288 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3289 else
3290 Identifiers.clear();
3291
3292 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3293
3294 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3295 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3296 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3297 break;
3298
3299 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3300 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3301 return;
3302 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3303 break;
3304
3305 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3306 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3307 break;
3308
3309 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3310 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3311 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3312 break;
3313
3314 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3315 return;
3316 }
3317
3318 if (II)
3319 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3320}
3321
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003322namespace {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003323
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003324static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3325
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003326class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00003327 typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
3328 typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList> TypoResultsMap;
3329 typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003330
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003331public:
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003332 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3333 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
3334 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3335 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3336 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3337 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3338 bool EnteringContext)
3339 : Typo(TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()), SemaRef(SemaRef), S(S),
3340 SS(SS), CorrectionValidator(CCC), MemberContext(MemberContext),
3341 Result(SemaRef, TypoName, LookupKind),
3342 Namespaces(SemaRef.Context, SemaRef.CurContext, SS),
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003343 EnteringContext(EnteringContext), SearchNamespaces(false) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003344 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
3345 }
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003346
Craig Toppere14c0f82014-03-12 04:55:44 +00003347 bool includeHiddenDecls() const override { return true; }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003348
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003349 // Methods for adding potential corrections to the consumer.
Craig Toppere14c0f82014-03-12 04:55:44 +00003350 void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3351 bool InBaseClass) override;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003352 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3353 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003354 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003355
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003356 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003357
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003358 /// \brief Return the list of TypoCorrections for the given identifier from
3359 /// the set of corrections that have the closest edit distance, if any.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003360 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003361 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003362 }
3363
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003364 /// \brief Return the edit distance of the corrections that have the
3365 /// closest/best edit distance from the original typop.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003366 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003367 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003368 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3369
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003370 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003371 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003372 }
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003373
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003374 /// \brief Set-up method to add to the consumer the set of namespaces to use
3375 /// in performing corrections to nested name specifiers. This method also
3376 /// implicitly adds all of the known classes in the current AST context to the
3377 /// to the consumer for correcting nested name specifiers.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003378 void
3379 addNamespaces(const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces);
3380
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003381 /// \brief Return the next typo correction that passes all internal filters
3382 /// and is deemed valid by the consumer's CorrectionCandidateCallback,
3383 /// starting with the corrections that have the closest edit distance. An
3384 /// empty TypoCorrection is returned once no more viable corrections remain
3385 /// in the consumer.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003386 TypoCorrection getNextCorrection();
3387
3388private:
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003389 class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003390 struct SpecifierInfo {
3391 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3392 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3393 unsigned EditDistance;
3394 };
3395
3396 typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3397 typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
3398
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003399 ASTContext &Context;
3400 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
3401 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
3402 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3403 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3404 bool isSorted;
3405
3406 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3407 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3408 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3409
3410 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3411 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3412 static DeclContextList buildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3413
3414 void sortNamespaces();
3415
3416 unsigned buildNestedNameSpecifier(DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3417 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS);
3418
3419 public:
3420 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003421 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec);
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003422
3423 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3424 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3425 void addNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
3426
3427 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3428 iterator begin() {
3429 if (!isSorted) sortNamespaces();
3430 return Specifiers.begin();
3431 }
3432 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3433 };
3434
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003435 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3436 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr, bool isKeyword = false);
3437
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003438 /// \brief Find any visible decls for the given typo correction candidate.
3439 /// If none are found, it to the set of candidates for which qualified lookups
3440 /// will be performed to find possible nested name specifier changes.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003441 bool resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate);
3442
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003443 /// \brief Perform qualified lookups on the queued set of typo correction
3444 /// candidates and add the nested name specifier changes to each candidate if
3445 /// a lookup succeeds (at which point the candidate will be returned to the
3446 /// main pool of potential corrections).
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003447 void performQualifiedLookups();
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00003448
3449 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
3450 IdentifierInfo *Typo;
3451
3452 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3453 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
3454 ///
3455 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3456 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
3457 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
3458
3459 Sema &SemaRef;
3460 Scope *S;
3461 CXXScopeSpec *SS;
3462 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CorrectionValidator;
3463 DeclContext *MemberContext;
3464 LookupResult Result;
3465 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces;
3466 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 2> QualifiedResults;
3467 bool EnteringContext;
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003468 bool SearchNamespaces;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003469};
3470
3471}
3472
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003473void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003474 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003475 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3476 if (Hiding)
3477 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003478
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003479 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3480 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3481 // etc.).
3482 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3483 if (!Name)
3484 return;
3485
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003486 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3487 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003488 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003489 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3490 return;
3491
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003492 FoundName(Name->getName());
3493}
3494
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003495void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003496 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3497 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003498 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003499}
3500
3501void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3502 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3503 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003504 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003505}
3506
3507void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3508 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003509 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3510 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003511 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3512 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3513 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003514 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003515
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003516 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3517 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003518 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3519 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003520 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003521
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003522 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003523 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3524 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003525}
3526
3527void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003528 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003529 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003530
3531 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3532 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3533 // longer than the typo itself.
3534 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3535 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3536 return;
3537
3538 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
3539 if (Correction.isResolved() &&
3540 !isCandidateViable(CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3541 return;
3542
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003543 TypoResultList &CList =
3544 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003545
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003546 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3547 CList.pop_back();
3548 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3549 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3550 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3551 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3552 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3553 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3554 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3555 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3556 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3557 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3558 *RI = Correction;
3559 return;
3560 }
3561 }
3562 }
3563 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3564 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003565
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003566 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003567 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3568}
3569
3570void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3571 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3572 SearchNamespaces = true;
3573
3574 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3575 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3576
3577 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3578 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3579 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3580 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3581 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3582 }
3583 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
3584 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3585 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3586 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3587 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3588 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3589 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3590 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3591 }
3592 }
3593}
3594
3595TypoCorrection TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3596 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3597 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3598 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3599 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3600 continue;
3601 }
3602
3603 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3604 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3605 DI->second.erase(RI);
3606 performQualifiedLookups();
3607 continue;
3608 }
3609
3610 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
3611 if (TC.isResolved() || resolveCorrection(TC))
3612 return TC;
3613 }
3614 return TypoCorrection();
3615}
3616
3617bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3618 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3619 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
3620 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
3621retry_lookup:
3622 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3623 EnteringContext,
3624 CorrectionValidator.IsObjCIvarLookup,
3625 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3626 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3627 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3628 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3629 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3630 if (TempSS) {
3631 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3632 TempSS = nullptr;
3633 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3634 goto retry_lookup;
3635 }
3636 if (TempMemberContext) {
3637 if (SS && !TempSS)
3638 TempSS = SS;
3639 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3640 goto retry_lookup;
3641 }
3642 if (SearchNamespaces)
3643 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3644 break;
3645
3646 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3647 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3648 break;
3649
3650 case LookupResult::Found:
3651 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3652 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3653 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3654 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
3655 if (!isCandidateViable(CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
3656 if (SearchNamespaces)
3657 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3658 break;
3659 }
3660 return true;
3661 }
3662 return false;
3663}
3664
3665void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3666 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3667 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3668 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3669 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3670 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3671
3672 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3673 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3674 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3675 // is an appropriate correction.
3676 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
3677 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3678 continue;
3679 }
3680
3681 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3682 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3683 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3684 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3685 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3686
3687 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3688 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3689 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3690 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3691 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3692 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3693 continue;
3694
3695 Result.clear();
3696 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3697 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3698 continue;
3699
3700 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3701 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3702 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3703 case LookupResult::Found:
3704 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3705 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3706 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3707 std::string OldQualified;
3708 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3709 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3710 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3711 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3712 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3713 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3714 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3715 break;
3716 }
3717 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3718 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3719 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3720 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3721 : nullptr,
3722 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3723 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3724 }
3725 if (TC.isResolved())
3726 addCorrection(TC);
3727 break;
3728 }
3729 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3730 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3731 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3732 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3733 break;
3734 }
3735 }
3736 }
3737 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003738}
3739
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003740TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3741 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
3742 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)),
3743 isSorted(false) {
3744 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3745 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3746 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3747 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3748
3749 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3750 }
3751 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
3752 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
3753 // context.
3754 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3755 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3756 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3757 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3758 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3759 }
3760
3761 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3762 Distances.insert(1);
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003763 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3764 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
3765 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003766}
3767
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003768auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
3769 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003770 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003771 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003772 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003773 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3774 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3775 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3776 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3777 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3778 }
3779 return Chain;
3780}
3781
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003782void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::sortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003783 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003784 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3785
3786 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3787 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3788
3789 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper2341c0d2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003790 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3791 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003792 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3793 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3794 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3795 }
3796
3797 isSorted = true;
3798}
3799
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003800unsigned
3801TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
3802 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003803 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3804 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3805 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3806 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3807 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3808 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3809 ++NumSpecifiers;
3810 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3811 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3812 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3813 ++NumSpecifiers;
3814 }
3815 }
3816 return NumSpecifiers;
3817}
3818
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003819void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
3820 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003821 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003822 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003823 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003824 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3825
3826 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3827 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3828 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3829 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3830 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3831 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3832 }
3833
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003834 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003835 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003836
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003837 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3838 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003839 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003840 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003841 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003842 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003843 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3844 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003845 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003846 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3847 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003848 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3849 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003850 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3851 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3852 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3853 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3854 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3855 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3856 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003857 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003858 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3859 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3860 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3861 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3862 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3863 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003864 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003865 }
3866 }
3867
3868 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3869 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3870 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3871 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3872 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3873 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3874 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3875 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3876 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3877 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3878 }
3879
3880 isSorted = false;
3881 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003882 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
3883 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003884}
3885
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003886/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3887static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3888 LookupResult &Res,
3889 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3890 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3891 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3892 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003893 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3894 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003895 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3896 Res.clear();
3897 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003898 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003899 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003900 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003901 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003902 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3903 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3904 Res.resolveKind();
3905 return;
3906 }
3907 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003908
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003909 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3910 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3911 Res.resolveKind();
3912 return;
3913 }
3914 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003915
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003916 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3917 return;
3918 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003919
3920 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003921 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003922
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003923 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3924 // LookupParsedName.
3925 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3926 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003927 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003928 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3929 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003930 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003931 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3932 Res.addDecl(IV);
3933 Res.resolveKind();
3934 }
3935 }
3936 }
3937}
3938
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003939/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3940static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3941 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003942 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3943 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3944 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3945 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3946 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3947 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3948 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3949 return;
3950 }
3951
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003952 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3953 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003954
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003955 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003956 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003957 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003958 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003959 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003960 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3961 // storage-specifiers as well
3962 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3963 };
3964
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003965 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003966 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3967 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3968
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003969 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003970 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003971 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003972 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003973 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003974 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3975
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003976 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003977 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3978 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3979 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3980
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003981 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003982 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3983 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3984 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3985 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3986 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3987 }
3988 }
3989
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003990 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003991 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3992 }
3993
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003994 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003995 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3996 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3997 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3998 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3999 }
4000
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004001 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004002 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004003 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004004 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4005 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4006 }
4007
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004008 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004009 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004010 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4011 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004012 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004013 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4014 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4015
4016 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4017 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4018 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4019
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004020 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004021 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4022 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4023 }
4024 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004025
4026 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4027 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4028 // is present.
4029 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4030 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004031 }
4032
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004033 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004034 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4035 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004036 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004037 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004038 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004039 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4040 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4041
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004042 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004043 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4044 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4045 }
4046
4047 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4048 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4049
4050 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4051 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4052
4053 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4054 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4055 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4056 }
4057 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004058 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004059 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4060 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4061 }
4062
4063 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4064 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4065 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4066 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4067 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4068 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4069 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4070 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4071 }
4072 }
4073
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004074 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004075 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4076
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004077 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004078 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4079 }
4080 }
4081}
4082
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004083/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
4084/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
4085/// a module' correction.
Kaelyn Takata61df4a72014-06-17 23:41:33 +00004086static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004087 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
4088 return;
4089
4090 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
4091
4092 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
4093 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
4094 break;
4095 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
4096 if (DI == DE)
4097 return;
4098
4099 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
4100 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
4101
4102 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
4103 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
4104 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
4105 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
4106
4107 if (VisibleDecl) {
4108 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
4109 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
4110 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
4111 NewDecls.clear();
4112 }
4113 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
4114 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
4115 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
4116 }
4117
4118 if (NewDecls.empty())
4119 TC = TypoCorrection();
4120 else {
4121 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
4122 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
4123 }
4124}
4125
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004126/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4127/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4128/// present in the source code.
4129///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004130/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4131/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4132///
4133/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004134///
4135/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4136///
4137/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4138/// looking for, if present.
4139///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004140/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4141/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4142/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4143///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004144/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4145/// a member access expression.
4146///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004147/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004148/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4149///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004150/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4151/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4152///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004153/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4154/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4155/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4156/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4157TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4158 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4159 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004160 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004161 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004162 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4163 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004164 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4165 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004166 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4167 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4168 if (ExternalSource) {
4169 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4170 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4171 return Correction;
4172 }
4173
Richard Smith1fff95c2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004174 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4175 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004176 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004177
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004178 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4179 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4180 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Alp Tokerbfa39342014-01-14 12:51:41 +00004181 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004182 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4183 return TypoCorrection();
4184
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004185 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004186 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004187 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004188 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004189
4190 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4191 // typos.
4192 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004193 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004194
4195 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4196 // instantiation.
4197 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004198 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004199
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e56dd42013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004200 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4201 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4202 return TypoCorrection();
4203
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004204 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4205 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4206 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman7fc6e1b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004207 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004208 return TypoCorrection();
4209
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004210 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4211 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4212 // remove this workaround.
4213 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4214 return TypoCorrection();
4215
John Thompson2309b152014-05-07 22:47:08 +00004216 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4217 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
John Thompson2d94bbb2014-04-23 19:04:32 +00004218 if ((Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery) && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4219 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
John Thompson2309b152014-05-07 22:47:08 +00004220 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4221 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4222 TypoName.getLocStart());
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004223 }
4224
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004225 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC,
4226 MemberContext, EnteringContext);
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004227
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004228 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4229 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004230 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004231 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004232
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004233 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004234 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004235 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004236 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004237 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004238
4239 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4240 if (OPT) {
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00004241 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4242 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004243 }
4244 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004245 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4246 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004247 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004248
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004249 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4250 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4251 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4252 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004253 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004254 ++TyposCorrected;
4255
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004256 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004257 } else {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004258 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4259 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4260 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004261 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4262 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4263 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4264 if (Cached->second) {
4265 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004266 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4267 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlove8ae13f2013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004268 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004269 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4270 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4271 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4272 if (LookupName(R, S))
4273 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4274 }
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004275 } else {
4276 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4277 // correction candidates is not being used.
4278 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4279 return TypoCorrection();
4280 }
4281 }
4282 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004283 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4284 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4285 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4286 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004287 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004288 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004289 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004290
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004291 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4292 // corrections.
4293 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrainf4657d52012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004294 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004295 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004296 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004297 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004298 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4299 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4300
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004301 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004302 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4303 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004304 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004305 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4306 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4307 I != IEnd; ++I)
4308 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004309
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004310 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004311 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004312 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4313 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Ahmed Charlesb8984322014-03-07 20:03:18 +00004314 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004315 do {
4316 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4317 if (Name.empty())
4318 break;
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004319
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004320 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4321 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004322 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004323 }
4324
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004325 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004326
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004327 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004328 if (Consumer.empty())
4329 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4330 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004331
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004332 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4333 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004334 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004335 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004336 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4337 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004339 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4340 // to search those namespaces.
4341 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004342 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4343 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004344 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004345 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4346 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4347 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4348 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4349 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004350
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004351 Consumer.addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004352 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004353
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004354 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer.getNextCorrection();
4355 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer.getNextCorrection();
4356 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004357 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004358
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004359 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004361 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004362 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4363 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4364 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004365 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4366 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004367 }
4368
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004369 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004370 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4371 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4372 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004373
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004374 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4375 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004376 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4377 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004378
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004379 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4380 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4381 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4382
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004383 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4384 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004385 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004386 return TC;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004387 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004388 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4389 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4390 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4391 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4392 else if (SecondBestTC && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4394 // context.
4395
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004396 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4397 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4398 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00004399 else if (Consumer["super"].front().isKeyword())
4400 BestTC = Consumer["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004401 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004402 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4403 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004404 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4405 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004406 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004407
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004408 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4409 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004410 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004411
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004412 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4413 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004414 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004415
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004416 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4417 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4418 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
4419 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4420 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004421}
4422
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004423void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4424 if (!CDecl) return;
4425
4426 if (isKeyword())
4427 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4428
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004429 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004430
4431 if (!CorrectionName)
4432 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4433}
4434
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004435std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4436 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4437 std::string tmpBuffer;
4438 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4439 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004440 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004441 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004442 }
4443
4444 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004445}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004446
4447bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4448 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4449 return true;
4450
4451 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4452 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4453 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4454
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004455 bool HasNonType = false;
4456 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4457 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4458 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4459 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4460 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4461 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4462 if (Method->isStatic())
4463 HasStaticMethod = true;
4464 else
4465 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4466 }
4467 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4468 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004469 }
4470
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004471 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4472 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4473 return false;
4474
4475 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004476}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004477
4478FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004479 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004480 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004481 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004482 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004483 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4484 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4485}
4486
4487bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4488 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4489 return candidate.isKeyword();
4490
4491 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4492 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4493 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004494 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004495 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4496 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4497 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4498 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4499 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4500 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4501 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4502 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4503 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4504 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4505 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4506 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004507 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004508 return true;
4509 }
4510 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004511
4512 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4513 // the current number of arguments.
4514 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4515 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4516 continue;
4517
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004518 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4519 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4520 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4521 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004522 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004523 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4524 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4525 MemberFn
4526 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4527 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004528 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004529 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004530 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4531 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4532 continue;
4533 }
4534 }
4535 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004536 }
4537 return false;
4538}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004539
4540void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4541 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4542 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4543 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4544 ErrorRecovery);
4545}
4546
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004547/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4548/// the given declaration.
4549static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4550 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4551 return VD->getDefinition();
4552 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004553 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004554 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4555 return TD->getDefinition();
4556 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4557 return ID->getDefinition();
4558 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4559 return PD->getDefinition();
4560 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4561 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004562 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004563}
4564
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004565/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4566/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4567///
4568/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4569/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4570/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4571/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4572/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4573/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4574/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4575/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4576/// to it.
4577void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4578 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4579 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4580 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4581 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4582 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4583 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4584 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4585
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004586 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4587 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4588 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4589 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4590
4591 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4592 // possible.
4593 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4594 if (!Def)
4595 Def = Decl;
4596 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4597 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4598
4599 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4600 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4601 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4602 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4603
4604 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
Richard Smith3d23c422014-05-07 02:25:43 +00004605 if (ErrorRecovery)
4606 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(
4607 Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Owner);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004608 return;
4609 }
4610
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004611 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4612 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4613
4614 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004615 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004616 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4617 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4618 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4619}